Statistics Canada
Symbol of the Government of Canada

(Note: Content area on this page may be wider than usual.)

Warning View the most recent version.

Archived Content

Information identified as archived is provided for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It is not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards and has not been altered or updated since it was archived. Please contact us to request a format other than those available.

2006 Census of Canada: Cumulative profile and release components

Profile for Canada, Provinces, Territories, Census Divisions and Census Subdivisions, 2006 Census

Select data categories for this product [Geographic index]
Canada Click to view data quality notes
TITLE COUNT
Note(s) :
  1. POPULATION, 2001 - 100% DATA
    Based on 2006 area. These figures have not been subjected to random rounding.
  2. POPULATION, 2006 - 100% DATA
    These figures have not been subjected to random rounding.
  3. TOTAL POPULATION BY SEX AND AGE GROUPS - 100% DATA
    Includes institutional residents.
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  4. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY LEGAL MARITAL STATUS - 100% DATA
    Includes institutional residents.
    Legal marital status
    Part A - Plain language definition
    A person's conjugal status under the law (e.g., single, married, widowed). Legal marital status data are derived from the responses to Question 4 (Marital status) in the census questionnaires.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the legal conjugal status of a person. The various responses are defined as follows:
    Never legally married (single) - Persons who have never married (including all persons less than 15 years of age) and persons whose marriage has been annulled and who have not remarried.
    Legally married (and not separated) - Persons whose spouse is living, unless the couple is separated or a divorce has been obtained.
    Separated, but still legally married - Persons currently married, but who are no longer living with their spouse (for any reason other than illness or work) and have not obtained a divorce.
    Divorced - Persons who have obtained a legal divorce and who have not remarried.
    Widowed - Persons who have lost their spouse through death and who have not remarried.
  5. LEGALLY MARRIED (AND NOT SEPARATED)
    Since 1996, Aboriginal people married according to traditional customs were instructed to report themselves as legally married.
    In 2006, legally married same-sex couples are included in this category.
  6. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY COMMON-LAW STATUS - 100% DATA
    Includes institutional residents.
    Common-law status
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who live together as a couple but who are not legally married to each other. These persons can be of the opposite sex or of the same sex.
  7. TOTAL NUMBER OF CENSUS FAMILIES IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Census family
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to a married couple (with or without children of either or both spouses), a couple living common-law (with or without children of either or both partners) or a lone parent of any marital status, with at least one child living in the same dwelling. A couple may be of opposite or same sex. 'Children' in a census family include grandchildren living with their grandparent(s) but with no parents present.
  8. TOTAL NUMBER OF CENSUS FAMILIES IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Census family structure
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the classification of census families into married couples (with or without children of either or both spouses), common-law couples (with or without children of either or both partners), and lone-parent families by sex of parent. A couple may be of opposite or same sex. 'Children' in a census family include grandchildren living with their grandparent(s) but with no parents present.
  9. TOTAL NUMBER OF CHILDREN AT HOME - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Refers to the persons who are sons and daughters in census families.
  10. AVERAGE NUMBER OF CHILDREN AT HOME PER CENSUS FAMILY
    The average number of children at home per census family is calculated using the total number of children at home and the total number of census families.
  11. LIVING WITH RELATIVES
    Non-relatives may be present.
  12. LIVING WITH RELATIVES
    Non-relatives may be present.
  13. TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLINGS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Dwelling, occupied private
    Part A - Plain language definition
    A separate set of living quarters which has a private entrance either directly from outside or from a common hall, lobby, vestibule or stairway leading to the outside, and in which a person or a group of persons live permanently.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to a private dwelling in which a person or a group of persons is permanently residing. Also included are private dwellings whose usual residents are temporarily absent on Census Day. Unless otherwise specified, all data in housing products are for occupied private dwellings, rather than for unoccupied private dwellings or dwellings occupied solely by foreign and/or temporary residents.
  14. AVERAGE NUMBER OF ROOMS PER DWELLING
    Rooms
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of rooms in a dwelling. A room is an enclosed area within a dwelling which is finished and suitable for year-round living.
  15. AVERAGE NUMBER OF BEDROOMS PER DWELLING
    Bedrooms
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to all rooms designed and furnished as bedrooms and used mainly for sleeping purposes, even though the use may be occasional (e.g., spare bedroom).
  16. TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLINGS BY HOUSING TENURE - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Tenure
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to whether some member of the household owns or rents the dwelling, or whether the dwelling is Band housing (on an Indian reserve or settlement).
  17. TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLINGS BY CONDITION OF DWELLING - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Condition of dwelling
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to whether, in the judgment of the respondent, the dwelling requires any repairs (excluding desirable remodeling or additions).
  18. TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLINGS BY PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Period of construction
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the period in time during which the building or dwelling was originally constructed.
  19. PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION, 2001 TO 2006
    Includes data up to May 16, 2006.
  20. TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLINGS BY STRUCTURAL TYPE OF DWELLING - 100% DATA
    Structural type of dwelling
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Characteristics that define a dwelling's structure, for example, the characteristics of a single-detached house, a semi-detached house, a row house, or an apartment or flat in a duplex.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the structural characteristics and/or dwelling configuration, that is, whether the dwelling is a single-detached house, an apartment in a high-rise building, a row house, a mobile home, etc.

    In 2006, improvements to the enumeration process and changes in structural type classification affect the historical comparability of the 'structural type of dwelling' variable. In 2006, 'apartment or flat in a duplex' replaces 'apartment or flat in a detached duplex' and includes duplexes attached to other dwellings or buildings. This is a change from the 2001 Census where duplexes attached to other dwellings or buildings were classified as an 'apartment in a building that has fewer than five storeys'.
  21. MOVABLE DWELLING
    Includes mobile homes and other movable dwellings such as houseboats and railroad cars.
  22. TOTAL NUMBER OF PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS BY HOUSEHOLD SIZE - 100% DATA
    Household size
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of persons occupying a private dwelling.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons in a private household.
    Household, private
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Person or group of persons occupying the same dwelling.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy a private dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada.
  23. TOTAL NUMBER OF PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS BY HOUSEHOLD TYPE - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Household type
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Category to which a person living alone or a group of persons occupying the same dwelling belong. There are two categories: non-family households and family households.

    A non-family household consists either of one person living alone or of two or more persons who share a dwelling, but do not constitute a family.

    Family households are divided into two subcategories: one-family households and multiple-family households.

    A one-family household consists of a single family (e.g., a couple with or without children). A multiple-family household is made up of two or more families occupying the same dwelling.

    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the basic division of private households into family and non-family households. Family household refers to a household that contains at least one census family, that is, a married couple with or without children, or a couple living common-law with or without children, or a lone parent living with one or more children (lone-parent family). One-family household refers to a single census family (with or without other persons) that occupies a private dwelling. Multiple-family household refers to a household in which two or more census families (with or without additional persons) occupy the same private dwelling.

    Non-family household refers to either one person living alone in a private dwelling or to a group of two or more people who share a private dwelling, but who do not constitute a census family.
  24. TOTAL POPULATION BY MOTHER TONGUE - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Mother tongue
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the first language learned at home in childhood and still understood by the individual at the time of the census.
  25. CHINESE, N.O.S.
    The 2006 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' includes responses of 'Chinese' as well as all Chinese languages other than Cantonese, Mandarin, Taiwanese, Chaochow (Teochow), Fukien, Hakka and Shanghainese. Data for the 'Chinese, n.o.s.' category in 2001 and 2006 are not directly comparable. The 2001 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' is equivalent to the sum of the 2006 categories 'Chinese, n.o.s.' and 'Chaochow (Teochow),' 'Fukien,' 'Shanghainese' and 'Taiwanese.'
  26. OTHER LANGUAGES
    This is a subtotal of all languages collected by the census that are not displayed separately here. For a full list of languages collected in the census, please refer to Appendix G in the 2006 Census Dictionary.
  27. TOTAL POPULATION BY KNOWLEDGE OF OFFICIAL LANGUAGES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Knowledge of official languages
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the ability to conduct a conversation in English only, in French only, in both English and French, or in neither English nor French.
    Data on knowledge of official languages

    According to studies on data certification, the 2006 Census statistics on knowledge of official languages could underestimate the category 'English and French' and overestimate the category 'French only,' particularly for the francophone population, but also for the whole population in general. More information on the subject will be available in the Languages Reference Guide, to be published in 2008.
  28. TOTAL POPULATION BY FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE SPOKEN - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    First official language spoken
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to a variable specified within the framework of the Official Languages Act.
    Data on knowledge of official languages

    According to studies on data certification, the 2006 Census statistics on knowledge of official languages could underestimate the category 'English and French' and overestimate the category 'French only,' particularly for the francophone population, but also for the whole population in general. More information on the subject will be available in the Languages Reference Guide, to be published in 2008.
  29. OFFICIAL LANGUAGE MINORITY - (NUMBER)
    The official language minority is English in Quebec and French in all other provinces and territories.
  30. OFFICIAL LANGUAGE MINORITY - (PERCENTAGE)
    The official language minority is English in Quebec and French in all other provinces and territories.
  31. TOTAL POPULATION BY LANGUAGE SPOKEN MOST OFTEN AT HOME - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Refers to the language spoken most often at home by the individual at the time of the census. Other languages spoken at home on a regular basis are also collected.
  32. CHINESE, N.O.S.
    The 2006 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' includes responses of 'Chinese' as well as all Chinese languages other than Cantonese, Mandarin, Taiwanese, Chaochow (Teochow), Fukien, Hakka and Shanghainese. Data for the 'Chinese, n.o.s.' category in 2001 and 2006 are not directly comparable. The 2001 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' is equivalent to the sum of the 2006 categories 'Chinese, n.o.s.' and 'Chaochow (Teochow),' 'Fukien,' 'Shanghainese' and 'Taiwanese.'
  33. OTHER LANGUAGES
    This is a subtotal of all languages collected by the census that are not displayed separately here. For a full list of languages collected in the census, please refer to Appendix G in the 2006 Census Dictionary.
  34. ALGONQUIN - VARIOUS NON-OFFICIAL LANGUAGES SPOKEN - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Knowledge of non-official languages
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to languages, other than English or French, in which the respondent can conduct a conversation.
  35. CHINESE, N.O.S.
    The 2006 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' includes responses of 'Chinese' as well as all Chinese languages other than Cantonese, Mandarin, Taiwanese, Chaochow (Teochow), Fukien, Hakka and Shanghainese. Data for the 'Chinese, n.o.s.' category in 2001 and 2006 are not directly comparable. The 2001 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' is equivalent to the sum of the 2006 categories 'Chinese, n.o.s.' and 'Chaochow (Teochow),' 'Fukien,' 'Shanghainese' and 'Taiwanese.'

  36. OTHER LANGUAGES
    This is a subtotal of all languages collected by the census that are not displayed separately here. For a full list of languages collected in the census, please refer to Appendix G in the 2006 Census Dictionary.
  37. TOTAL - MOBILITY STATUS 1 YEAR AGO - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Refers to the relationship between a person's usual place of residence on Census Day and his or her usual place of residence one year earlier. A person is classified as a non-mover if no difference exists. Otherwise, a person is classified as a mover and this categorization is called Mobility status (1 year ago). Within the category of movers, a further distinction is made between non-migrants and migrants; this difference is called migration status.

    Non-movers are persons who, on Census Day, were living at the same address as the one at which they resided one year earlier.

    Movers are persons who, on Census Day, were living at a different address from the one at which they resided one year earlier.

    Non-migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were living at a different address, but in the same census subdivision (CSD) as the one they lived in one year earlier.

    Migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were residing in a different CSD one year earlier (internal migrants) or who were living outside Canada one year earlier (external migrants).

    Intraprovincial migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were living in a different CSD from the one at which they resided one year earlier, in the same province.

    Interprovincial migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were living in a different CSD from the one at which they resided one year earlier, in a different province.
  38. TOTAL - MOBILITY STATUS 5 YEARS AGO - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Refers to the relationship between a person's usual place of residence on Census Day and his or her usual place of residence five years earlier. A person is classified as a non-mover if no difference exists. Otherwise, a person is classified as a mover and this categorization is called Mobility status (5 years ago). Within the category of movers, a further distinction is made between non-migrants and migrants; this difference is called migration status.

    Non-movers are persons who, on Census Day, were living at the same address as the one at which they resided five years earlier.

    Movers are persons who, on Census Day, were living at a different address from the one at which they resided five years earlier.

    Non-migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were living at a different address, but in the same census subdivision (CSD) as the one they lived in five years earlier.

    Migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were residing in a different CSD five years earlier (internal migrants) or who were living outside Canada five years earlier (external migrants).

    Intraprovincial migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were living in a different CSD from the one in which they resided five years earlier, in the same province.

    Interprovincial migrants are movers who, on Census Day, were living in a different CSD from the one in which they resided five years earlier, in a different province.
  39. TOTAL POPULATION BY CITIZENSHIP - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Citizenship
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the legal citizenship status of the respondent. Persons who are citizens of more than one country were instructed to provide the name of the other country(ies).
    Includes persons who are stateless.
  40. NOT CANADIAN CITIZENS
    Includes persons who are stateless. Prior to the 2006 Census, this category was called 'Citizens of other countries'. The content of the category remains unchanged in 2006 compared with previous censuses.
  41. TOTAL POPULATION BY IMMIGRANT STATUS AND PLACE OF BIRTH - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    For information on the specific countries included in each regional grouping in this variable, please refer to Appendix J in the 2006 Census Dictionary.
  42. NON-IMMIGRANTS
    Non-immigrants are persons who are Canadian citizens by birth. Although most Canadian citizens by birth were born in Canada, a small number were born outside Canada to Canadian parents.
  43. IMMIGRANTS
    Immigrants are persons who are, or have ever been, landed immigrants in Canada. A landed immigrant is a person who has been granted the right to live in Canada permanently by immigration authorities. Some immigrants have resided in Canada for a number of years, while others are recent arrivals. Most immigrants are born outside Canada, but a small number were born in Canada. Includes immigrants who landed in Canada prior to Census Day, May 16, 2006.
  44. OCEANIA AND OTHER
    'Other' includes Greenland, Saint Pierre and Miquelon, the category 'Other country,' as well as immigrants born in Canada.
  45. NON-PERMANENT RESIDENTS
    Non-permanent residents are persons from another country who, at the time of the census, held a Work or Study Permit or who were refugee claimants, as well as family members living with them in Canada.
  46. TOTAL RECENT IMMIGRANTS BY SELECTED PLACES OF BIRTH - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    In this product, recent immigrants are immigrants who landed in Canada between January 1, 2001 and Census Day, May 16, 2006.

    Immigrants are persons who are, or have ever been, landed immigrants in Canada. A landed immigrant is a person who has been granted the right to live in Canada permanently by immigration authorities. Some immigrants have resided in Canada for a number of years, while others are recent arrivals. Most immigrants are born outside Canada, but a small number were born in Canada. Includes immigrants who landed in Canada prior to Census Day, May 16, 2006.
    For information on the specific countries included in each regional grouping in this variable, please refer to Appendix J in the 2006 Census Dictionary.
  47. OCEANIA AND OTHER
    'Other' includes Greenland, Saint Pierre and Miquelon, the category 'Other country,' as well as immigrants born in Canada.
  48. TOTAL IMMIGRANT POPULATION BY PERIOD OF IMMIGRATION - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Period of immigration
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to ranges of years based on the year of immigration question. Year of immigration refers to the year in which landed immigrant status was first obtained. A landed immigrant is a person who has been granted the right to live in Canada permanently by immigration authorities.
    Immigrants are persons who are, or have ever been, landed immigrants in Canada. A landed immigrant is a person who has been granted the right to live in Canada permanently by immigration authorities. Some immigrants have resided in Canada for a number of years, while others are recent arrivals. Most immigrants are born outside Canada, but a small number were born in Canada. Includes immigrants who landed in Canada prior to Census Day, May 16, 2006.
  49. 2001 TO 2006
    Includes immigrants who landed in Canada prior to Census Day, May 16, 2006.

  50. TOTAL IMMIGRANT POPULATION BY AGE AT IMMIGRATION - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Age at immigration
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at which the respondent first obtained landed immigrant status. A landed immigrant is a person who has been granted the right to live in Canada permanently by immigration authorities.
    Immigrant population
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to people who are, or have been, landed immigrants in Canada. A landed immigrant is a person who has been granted the right to live in Canada permanently by immigration authorities. Some immigrants have resided in Canada for a number of years, while others have arrived recently. Most immigrants are born outside Canada, but a small number were born in Canada.
  51. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OLDER BY GENERATION STATUS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Generation status
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the generational status of a person, that is, 1st generation, 2nd generation or 3rd generation or more.
  52. 1ST GENERATION
    Persons born outside Canada. For the most part, these are people who are now, or have ever been, landed immigrants in Canada. Also included in the first generation are a small number of people born outside Canada to parents who are Canadian citizens by birth. In addition, the first generation includes people who are non-permanent residents (defined as people from another country living in Canada on Work or Study Permits or as refugee claimants, and any family members living with them in Canada).
  53. 2ND GENERATION
    Persons born inside Canada with at least one parent born outside Canada. This includes (a) persons born in Canada with both parents born outside Canada and (b) persons born in Canada with one parent born in Canada and one parent born outside Canada (these persons may have grandparents born inside or outside Canada as well).
  54. 3RD GENERATION OR MORE
    Persons born inside Canada with both parents born inside Canada (these persons may have grandparents born inside or outside Canada as well).
  55. TOTAL POPULATION BY ABORIGINAL AND NON-ABORIGINAL IDENTITY POPULATION - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Aboriginal identity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to those persons who reported identifying with at least one Aboriginal group, that is, North American Indian, Métis or Inuit, and/or those who reported being a Treaty Indian or a Registered Indian, as defined by the Indian Act of Canada and/or those who reported they were members of an Indian band or First Nation.
    In 1991 and previous censuses, the Aboriginal population was defined using the ethnic origin question (ancestry). The 1996 Census included a question on the individual's perception of his/her Aboriginal identity.
    The question used in the 2006 and 2001 censuses is the same as the one used in 1996.
    This is a grouping of the total population into non-Aboriginal or Aboriginal population, with Aboriginal persons further divided into Aboriginal groups, based on their responses to three questions on the 2006 Census form.
  56. TOTAL ABORIGINAL IDENTITY POPULATION
    Included in the Aboriginal identity population are those persons who reported identifying with at least one Aboriginal group, that is, North American Indian, Métis or Inuit, and/or those who reported being a Treaty Indian or a Registered Indian, as defined by the Indian Act of Canada, and/or those who reported they were members of an Indian band or First Nation.
  57. NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN SINGLE RESPONSE
    Users should be aware that the counts for this item are more affected than most by the incomplete enumeration of certain Indian reserves and Indian settlements. The extent of the impact will depend on the geographic area under study. In 2006, a total of 22 Indian reserves and Indian settlements were incompletely enumerated by the census. The populations of these 22 communities are not included in the census counts.
  58. ABORIGINAL RESPONSES NOT INCLUDED ELSEWHERE
    Includes those who identified themselves as Registered Indians and/or band members without identifying themselves as North American Indian, Métis or Inuit in the Aboriginal identity question.

  59. TOTAL POPULATION BY REGISTERED INDIAN STATUS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Registered or Treaty Indian
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to those persons who reported they were registered under the Indian Act of Canada. Treaty Indians are persons who are registered under the Indian Act and can prove descent from a band that signed a treaty. Although there was a question in the 1991 Census on registration status, the layout of the 1996 question was somewhat different. In 1991, Question 16 on Registered Indians had two components. In the first part of the question, respondents were asked about their registration status, while the second part of the question dealt with band membership. The question used in 1996 asked only for registration or treaty status, while band membership was dealt with in a separate question.
    The wording of the question, starting in 1996, differs slightly from the one in previous censuses. Prior to 1996, the term 'treaty' was not included in the question. It was added in 1996 at the request of individuals from the Western provinces, where the term is more widely used.
    The 2006 Census question is the same as the one used in 1996 and 2001.

  60. REGISTERED INDIAN
    Registered or Treaty Indian: The expression 'Registered Indian' refers to those persons who reported they were registered under the Indian Act of Canada. Treaty Indians are persons who are registered under the Indian Act and can prove descent from a band that signed a treaty.

    The Registered Indian counts in this table may differ from the administrative counts maintained by the Department of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, with the most important causes of these differences being the incompletely enumerated Indian reserves and Indian settlements as well as methodological and conceptual differences between the two sources.
  61. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  62. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  63. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  64. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  65. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  66. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  67. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  68. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  69. POPULATION 15 TO 24 YEARS - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  70. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  71. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  72. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  73. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  74. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  75. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  76. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  77. POPULATION 25 YEARS AND OVER - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  78. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  79. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  80. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  81. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  82. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  83. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  84. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  85. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  86. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  87. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  88. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  89. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  90. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  91. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  92. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  93. MALES 15 TO 24 YEARS - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  94. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  95. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  96. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  97. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  98. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  99. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  100. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  101. MALES 25 YEARS AND OVER - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  102. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  103. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  104. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  105. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  106. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  107. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  108. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  109. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  110. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  111. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  112. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  113. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  114. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  115. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  116. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  117. FEMALES 15 TO 24 YEARS - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  118. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  119. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  120. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  121. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  122. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  123. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  124. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  125. FEMALES 25 YEARS AND OVER - LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Age
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  126. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  127. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  128. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  129. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  130. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  131. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  132. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  133. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY PRESENCE OF CHILDREN AND LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  134. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  135. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  136. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  137. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  138. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  139. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  140. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  141. POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH NO CHILDREN AT HOME
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  142. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  143. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  144. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  145. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  146. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  147. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  148. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  149. POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN AT HOME
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  150. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  151. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  152. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  153. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  154. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  155. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  156. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  157. POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN UNDER 6 YEARS ONLY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  158. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  159. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  160. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  161. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  162. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  163. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  164. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  165. POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN UNDER 6 YEARS AS WELL AS CHILDREN 6 YEARS AND OVER
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  166. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  167. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  168. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  169. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  170. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  171. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  172. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  173. POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN 6 YEARS AND OVER ONLY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  174. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  175. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  176. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  177. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  178. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  179. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  180. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  181. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - PRESENCE OF CHILDREN AND LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  182. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  183. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  184. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  185. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  186. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  187. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  188. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  189. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH NO CHILDREN AT HOME
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  190. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  191. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  192. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  193. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  194. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  195. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  196. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  197. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN AT HOME
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  198. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  199. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  200. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  201. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  202. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  203. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  204. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  205. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN UNDER 6 YEARS ONLY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  206. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  207. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  208. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  209. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  210. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  211. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  212. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  213. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN UNDER 6 YEARS AS WELL AS CHILDREN 6 YEARS AND OVER
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  214. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  215. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  216. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  217. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  218. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  219. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  220. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  221. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN 6 YEARS AND OVER ONLY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  222. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  223. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  224. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  225. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  226. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  227. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  228. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  229. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - PRESENCE OF CHILDREN AND LABOUR FORCE ACTIVITY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  230. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  231. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  232. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  233. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  234. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  235. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  236. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  237. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH NO CHILDREN AT HOME
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  238. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  239. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  240. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  241. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  242. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  243. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  244. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  245. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN AT HOME
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  246. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  247. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  248. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  249. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  250. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  251. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  252. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  253. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN UNDER 6 YEARS ONLY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  254. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  255. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  256. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  257. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  258. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  259. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  260. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  261. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN UNDER 6 YEARS AS WELL AS CHILDREN 6 YEARS AND OVER
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  262. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  263. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  264. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  265. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  266. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  267. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  268. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  269. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS WITH CHILDREN 6 YEARS AND OVER ONLY
    Sex
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Presence of children
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of children in private households by age groups.

    Labour force activity
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour market activity of the population 15 years of age and over in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). Respondents were classified as Employed, Unemployed, or Not in the labour force. The labour force includes the employed and the unemployed.
  270. IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  271. EMPLOYED
    Employed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006): (a) did any work at all for pay or in self-employment or without pay in a family farm, business or professional practice; (b) were absent from their job or business, with or without pay, for the entire week because of a vacation, an illness, a labour dispute at their place of work, or any other reasons.
  272. UNEMPLOYED
    Unemployed
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Persons who, during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were without paid work or without self-employment work and were available for work and either: (a) had actively looked for paid work in the past four weeks; or (b) were on temporary lay-off and expected to return to their job; or (c) had definite arrangements to start a new job in four weeks or less.
  273. NOT IN THE LABOUR FORCE
    Not in the labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who, in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), were neither employed nor unemployed. It includes students, homemakers, retired workers, seasonal workers in an 'off' season who were not looking for work, and persons who could not work because of a long term illness or disability.
  274. PARTICIPATION RATE
    Participation rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over.

    Participation rate = Labour force divided by Population 15 years of age and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The participation rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the total labour force in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  275. EMPLOYMENT RATE
    Employment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of persons employed in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006), expressed as a percentage of the total population 15 years of age and over.

    Employment rate = Employed divided by Population 15 years and over (excluding institutional residents) X 100

    The employment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the number employed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the population 15 years of age and over, in that group.
  276. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE
    Unemployment rate
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the unemployed expressed as a percentage of the labour force in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Unemployment rate = Unemployed divided by Labour force X 100

    The unemployment rate for a particular group (age, sex, marital status, geographic area, etc.) is the unemployed in that group, expressed as a percentage of the labour force in that group, in the week prior to enumeration.
  277. TOTAL LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER BY CLASS OF WORKER - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Class of worker
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    This variable classifies persons who reported a job into the following categories:

    a. persons who worked mainly for wages, salaries, commissions, tips, piece-rates, or payments 'in kind' (payments in goods or services rather than money);
    b. persons who worked mainly for themselves, with or without paid help, operating a business, farm or professional practice, alone or in partnership;
    c. persons who worked without pay in a family business, farm or professional practice owned or operated by a related household member; unpaid family work does not include unpaid housework, unpaid childcare, unpaid care to seniors and volunteer work.

    The job reported was the one held in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006) if the person was employed, or the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005, if the person was not employed during the reference week. Persons with two or more jobs in the reference week were asked to provide information for the job at which they worked the most hours.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  278. CLASS OF WORKER - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005.

  279. ALL CLASSES OF WORKER
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.
  280. MALE LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER - CLASS OF WORKER
    Class of worker
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    This variable classifies persons who reported a job into the following categories:

    a. persons who worked mainly for wages, salaries, commissions, tips, piece-rates, or payments 'in kind' (payments in goods or services rather than money);
    b. persons who worked mainly for themselves, with or without paid help, operating a business, farm or professional practice, alone or in partnership;
    c. persons who worked without pay in a family business, farm or professional practice owned or operated by a related household member; unpaid family work does not include unpaid housework, unpaid childcare, unpaid care to seniors and volunteer work.

    The job reported was the one held in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006) if the person was employed, or the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005, if the person was not employed during the reference week. Persons with two or more jobs in the reference week were asked to provide information for the job at which they worked the most hours.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  281. CLASS OF WORKER - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005.

  282. ALL CLASSES OF WORKER
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.
  283. FEMALE LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER - CLASS OF WORKER
    Class of worker
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    This variable classifies persons who reported a job into the following categories:

    a. persons who worked mainly for wages, salaries, commissions, tips, piece-rates, or payments 'in kind' (payments in goods or services rather than money);
    b. persons who worked mainly for themselves, with or without paid help, operating a business, farm or professional practice, alone or in partnership;
    c. persons who worked without pay in a family business, farm or professional practice owned or operated by a related household member; unpaid family work does not include unpaid housework, unpaid childcare, unpaid care to seniors and volunteer work.

    The job reported was the one held in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006) if the person was employed, or the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005, if the person was not employed during the reference week. Persons with two or more jobs in the reference week were asked to provide information for the job at which they worked the most hours.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  284. CLASS OF WORKER - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005.

  285. ALL CLASSES OF WORKER
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.
  286. TOTAL LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER BY OCCUPATION - NATIONAL OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION FOR STATISTICS 2006 - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Occupation (based on the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 [NOC-S 2006])
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Kind of work done by persons aged 15 and over. Occupation is based on the type of job the person holds and the description of his or her duties. The 2006 Census data on occupation are classified according to the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 (NOC-S 2006). For comparisons with data from the 1991 and 1996 censuses, the variable Occupation (historical) should be used.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the kind of work persons were doing during the reference week, as determined by their kind of work and the description of the main activities in their job. If the person did not have a job during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006), the data relate to the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005. Persons with two or more jobs were to report the information for the job at which they worked the most hours.
    The 2006 Census occupation data are classified according to the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 (NOC-S 2006). This classification is composed of four levels of aggregation. There are 10 broad occupational categories containing 47 major groups that are further subdivided into 140 minor groups. At the most detailed level, there are 520 occupation unit groups. Occupation unit groups are formed on the basis of the education, training, or skill level required to enter the job, as well as the kind of work performed, as determined by the tasks, duties and responsibilities of the occupation.
    For information on the NOC-S 2006, see the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006, Catalogue no. 12-583-XIE.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  287. OCCUPATION - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005, only.
  288. ALL OCCUPATIONS
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.

  289. MALE LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER BY OCCUPATION - NATIONAL OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION FOR STATISTICS 2006
    Occupation (based on the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 [NOC-S 2006])
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Kind of work done by persons aged 15 and over. Occupation is based on the type of job the person holds and the description of his or her duties. The 2006 Census data on occupation are classified according to the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 (NOC-S 2006). For comparisons with data from the 1991 and 1996 censuses, the variable Occupation (historical) should be used.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the kind of work persons were doing during the reference week, as determined by their kind of work and the description of the main activities in their job. If the person did not have a job during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006), the data relate to the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005. Persons with two or more jobs were to report the information for the job at which they worked the most hours.
    The 2006 Census occupation data are classified according to the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 (NOC-S 2006). This classification is composed of four levels of aggregation. There are 10 broad occupational categories containing 47 major groups that are further subdivided into 140 minor groups. At the most detailed level, there are 520 occupation unit groups. Occupation unit groups are formed on the basis of the education, training, or skill level required to enter the job, as well as the kind of work performed, as determined by the tasks, duties and responsibilities of the occupation.
    For information on the NOC-S 2006, see the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006, Catalogue no. 12-583-XIE.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  290. OCCUPATION - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005, only.
  291. ALL OCCUPATIONS
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.

  292. FEMALE LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER BY OCCUPATION - NATIONAL OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION FOR STATISTICS 2006
    Occupation (based on the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 [NOC-S 2006])
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Kind of work done by persons aged 15 and over. Occupation is based on the type of job the person holds and the description of his or her duties. The 2006 Census data on occupation are classified according to the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 (NOC-S 2006). For comparisons with data from the 1991 and 1996 censuses, the variable Occupation (historical) should be used.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the kind of work persons were doing during the reference week, as determined by their kind of work and the description of the main activities in their job. If the person did not have a job during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006), the data relate to the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005. Persons with two or more jobs were to report the information for the job at which they worked the most hours.
    The 2006 Census occupation data are classified according to the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006 (NOC-S 2006). This classification is composed of four levels of aggregation. There are 10 broad occupational categories containing 47 major groups that are further subdivided into 140 minor groups. At the most detailed level, there are 520 occupation unit groups. Occupation unit groups are formed on the basis of the education, training, or skill level required to enter the job, as well as the kind of work performed, as determined by the tasks, duties and responsibilities of the occupation.
    For information on the NOC-S 2006, see the National Occupational Classification for Statistics 2006, Catalogue no. 12-583-XIE.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  293. OCCUPATION - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005, only.
  294. ALL OCCUPATIONS
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.

  295. TOTAL LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER BY INDUSTRY - NORTH AMERICAN INDUSTRY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 2002 - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Industry (based on the North American Industry Classification System [NAICS] 2002)
    Part A - Plain language definition
    General nature of the business carried out in the establishment where the person worked. The 2006 Census data on industry (based on the NAICS 2002) can be compared with data from Canada's NAFTA partners (United States and Mexico).
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the general nature of the business carried out in the establishment where the person worked. If the person did not have a job during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006), the data relate to the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005. Persons with two or more jobs were required to report the information for the job at which they worked the most hours.

    The 2006 Census industry data are produced according to the NAICS 2002. The NAICS provides enhanced industry comparability among the three North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) trading partners (Canada, United States and Mexico). This classification consists of a systematic and comprehensive arrangement of industries structured into 20 sectors, 103 subsectors and 328 industry groups. The criteria used to create these categories are similarity of input structures, labour skills or production processes used by the establishment. For further information on the classification, see North American Industry Classification System, Canada, 2002, Catalogue no. 12-501-XPE.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  296. INDUSTRY - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005, only.
  297. ALL INDUSTRIES
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.

  298. MALE LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER - INDUSTRY - NORTH AMERICAN INDUSTRY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 2002
    Industry (based on the North American Industry Classification System [NAICS] 2002)
    Part A - Plain language definition
    General nature of the business carried out in the establishment where the person worked. The 2006 Census data on industry (based on the NAICS 2002) can be compared with data from Canada's NAFTA partners (United States and Mexico).
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the general nature of the business carried out in the establishment where the person worked. If the person did not have a job during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006), the data relate to the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005. Persons with two or more jobs were required to report the information for the job at which they worked the most hours.

    The 2006 Census industry data are produced according to the NAICS 2002. The NAICS provides enhanced industry comparability among the three North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) trading partners (Canada, United States and Mexico). This classification consists of a systematic and comprehensive arrangement of industries structured into 20 sectors, 103 subsectors and 328 industry groups. The criteria used to create these categories are similarity of input structures, labour skills or production processes used by the establishment. For further information on the classification, see North American Industry Classification System, Canada, 2002, Catalogue no. 12-501-XPE.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  299. INDUSTRY - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005, only.
  300. ALL INDUSTRIES
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.

  301. FEMALE LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER - INDUSTRY - NORTH AMERICAN INDUSTRY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 2002
    Industry (based on the North American Industry Classification System [NAICS] 2002)
    Part A - Plain language definition
    General nature of the business carried out in the establishment where the person worked. The 2006 Census data on industry (based on the NAICS 2002) can be compared with data from Canada's NAFTA partners (United States and Mexico).
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the general nature of the business carried out in the establishment where the person worked. If the person did not have a job during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to enumeration (May 16, 2006), the data relate to the job of longest duration since January 1, 2005. Persons with two or more jobs were required to report the information for the job at which they worked the most hours.

    The 2006 Census industry data are produced according to the NAICS 2002. The NAICS provides enhanced industry comparability among the three North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) trading partners (Canada, United States and Mexico). This classification consists of a systematic and comprehensive arrangement of industries structured into 20 sectors, 103 subsectors and 328 industry groups. The criteria used to create these categories are similarity of input structures, labour skills or production processes used by the establishment. For further information on the classification, see North American Industry Classification System, Canada, 2002, Catalogue no. 12-501-XPE.

    Labour force
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to persons who were either employed or unemployed during the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).

    Labour force = Employed + Unemployed
  302. INDUSTRY - NOT APPLICABLE
    Unemployed persons 15 years and over who have never worked for pay or in self-employment or who had last worked prior to January 1, 2005, only.

  303. ALL INDUSTRIES
    Refers to the experienced labour force population: includes persons who were employed and persons who were unemployed who worked for pay or in self-employment since January 1, 2005.


  304. TOTAL EMPLOYED LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER BY PLACE OF WORK STATUS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Place of work status
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Classification of people aged 15 or over who worked at some point between January 1, 2005 and May 16, 2006 (Census Day), according to whether they worked at home, worked outside Canada, had no fixed workplace address, or worked at a specific address.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the place of work of non-institutional residents 15 years of age and over who worked at some time since January 1, 2005. The variable usually relates to the individual's job held in the week prior to enumeration. However, if the person did not work during that week but had worked at some time since January 1, 2005, the information relates to the job held longest during that period.
  305. TOTAL EMPLOYED LABOUR FORCE 15 YEARS AND OVER WITH USUAL PLACE OF WORK OR NO FIXED WORKPLACE ADDRESS BY MODE OF TRANSPORTATION - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Mode of transportation
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Main means a person uses to travel between home and place of work (by car, on foot, on public transit, or by some other means).
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the mode of transportation to work of non-institutional residents 15 years of age and over who worked at some time since January 1, 2005. Persons who indicate in the place of work question that they either had no fixed workplace address, or specified a usual workplace address, are asked to identify the mode of transportation they usually use to commute from home to work. The variable usually relates to the individual's job in the week prior to enumeration. However, if the person did not work during that week but had worked at some time since January 1, 2005, the information relates to the job held longest during that period.
  306. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER WHO WORKED SINCE JANUARY 1, 2005 BY LANGUAGE USED MOST OFTEN AT WORK - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Language of work
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the language used most often at work by the individual at the time of the census. Other languages used at work on a regular basis are also collected.
  307. CHINESE, N.O.S.
    The 2006 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' includes responses of 'Chinese' as well as all Chinese languages other than Cantonese, Mandarin, Taiwanese, Chaochow (Teochow), Fukien, Hakka and Shanghainese. Data for the 'Chinese, n.o.s.' category in 2001 and 2006 are not directly comparable. The 2001 category 'Chinese, n.o.s.' is equivalent to the sum of the 2006 categories 'Chinese, n.o.s.' and 'Chaochow (Teochow),' 'Fukien,' 'Shanghainese' and 'Taiwanese.'
  308. OTHER LANGUAGES
    This is a subtotal of all languages collected by the census that are not displayed separately here. For a full list of languages collected in the census, please refer to Appendix G in the 2006 Census Dictionary.
  309. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY HOURS SPENT DOING UNPAID HOUSEWORK - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Hours spent doing unpaid housework
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent doing housework, maintaining the house or doing yard work without getting paid for doing so. For example, this includes time spent preparing meals, mowing the lawn, or cleaning the house, for oneself or for relatives, friends or neighbours. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (None, Less than 5 hours, 5 to 14 hours, 15 to 29 hours, 30 to 59 hours, and 60 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent doing unpaid housework, yard work or home maintenance in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). It includes hours spent doing unpaid housework for members of one's own household, for other family members outside the household, and for friends or neighbours.
    Unpaid housework does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, a religious organization, a charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  310. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - HOURS SPENT DOING UNPAID HOUSEWORK
    Hours spent doing unpaid housework
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent doing housework, maintaining the house or doing yard work without getting paid for doing so. For example, this includes time spent preparing meals, mowing the lawn, or cleaning the house, for oneself or for relatives, friends or neighbours. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (None, Less than 5 hours, 5 to 14 hours, 15 to 29 hours, 30 to 59 hours, and 60 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent doing unpaid housework, yard work or home maintenance in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). It includes hours spent doing unpaid housework for members of one's own household, for other family members outside the household, and for friends or neighbours.
    Unpaid housework does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, a religious organization, a charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  311. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - HOURS SPENT DOING UNPAID HOUSEWORK
    Hours spent doing unpaid housework
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent doing housework, maintaining the house or doing yard work without getting paid for doing so. For example, this includes time spent preparing meals, mowing the lawn, or cleaning the house, for oneself or for relatives, friends or neighbours. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (None, Less than 5 hours, 5 to 14 hours, 15 to 29 hours, 30 to 59 hours, and 60 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent doing unpaid housework, yard work or home maintenance in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006). It includes hours spent doing unpaid housework for members of one's own household, for other family members outside the household, and for friends or neighbours.
    Unpaid housework does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, a religious organization, a charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  312. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY HOURS SPENT LOOKING AFTER CHILDREN, WITHOUT PAY - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Hours spent looking after children, without pay
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent looking after children without getting paid for doing so. For example, this includes time spent taking care of one's own children or looking after the children of relatives, friends or neighbours. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (none, less than 5 hours, 5 to 14 hours, 15 to 29 hours, 30 to 59 hours, and 60 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent looking after children without pay. It includes hours spent providing unpaid child care for members of one's own household, for other family members outside the household, for friends or neighbours in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).
    Unpaid child care does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, a religious organization, a charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  313. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - HOURS SPENT LOOKING AFTER CHILDREN, WITHOUT PAY
    Hours spent looking after children, without pay
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent looking after children without getting paid for doing so. For example, this includes time spent taking care of one's own children or looking after the children of relatives, friends or neighbours. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (none, less than 5 hours, 5 to 14 hours, 15 to 29 hours, 30 to 59 hours, and 60 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent looking after children without pay. It includes hours spent providing unpaid child care for members of one's own household, for other family members outside the household, for friends or neighbours in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).
    Unpaid child care does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, a religious organization, a charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  314. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - HOURS SPENT LOOKING AFTER CHILDREN, WITHOUT PAY
    Hours spent looking after children, without pay
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent looking after children without getting paid for doing so. For example, this includes time spent taking care of one's own children or looking after the children of relatives, friends or neighbours. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (none, less than 5 hours, 5 to 14 hours, 15 to 29 hours, 30 to 59 hours, and 60 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent looking after children without pay. It includes hours spent providing unpaid child care for members of one's own household, for other family members outside the household, for friends or neighbours in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).
    Unpaid child care does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, a religious organization, a charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  315. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER BY HOURS SPENT PROVIDING UNPAID CARE OR ASSISTANCE TO SENIORS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Hours spent providing unpaid care or assistance to seniors
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent providing care or assistance to elderly people without getting paid for doing so. This includes time spent giving personal care to an elderly relative, helping elderly neighbours with their shopping, and so on. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (None, Less than 5 hours, 5 to 9 hours, 10 to 19 hours, and 20 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent providing unpaid care or assistance to seniors of one's own household, to other senior family members outside the household, and to friends or neighbours in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).
    Unpaid care or assistance to seniors does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, religious organization, charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  316. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - HOURS SPENT PROVIDING UNPAID CARE OR ASSISTANCE TO SENIORS
    Hours spent providing unpaid care or assistance to seniors
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent providing care or assistance to elderly people without getting paid for doing so. This includes time spent giving personal care to an elderly relative, helping elderly neighbours with their shopping, and so on. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (None, Less than 5 hours, 5 to 9 hours, 10 to 19 hours, and 20 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent providing unpaid care or assistance to seniors of one's own household, to other senior family members outside the household, and to friends or neighbours in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).
    Unpaid care or assistance to seniors does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, religious organization, charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  317. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER - HOURS SPENT PROVIDING UNPAID CARE OR ASSISTANCE TO SENIORS
    Hours spent providing unpaid care or assistance to seniors
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Number of hours that the person spent providing care or assistance to elderly people without getting paid for doing so. This includes time spent giving personal care to an elderly relative, helping elderly neighbours with their shopping, and so on. The time spent on this activity is divided into blocks of hours (None, Less than 5 hours, 5 to 9 hours, 10 to 19 hours, and 20 hours or more). Only hours spent on the activity during the week before Census Day (May 7 to 13, 2006) are counted.
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to the number of hours persons spent providing unpaid care or assistance to seniors of one's own household, to other senior family members outside the household, and to friends or neighbours in the week (Sunday to Saturday) prior to Census Day (May 16, 2006).
    Unpaid care or assistance to seniors does not include volunteer work for a non-profit organization, religious organization, charity or community group, or work without pay in the operation of a family farm, business or professional practice.
  318. TOTAL MALE POPULATION 25 TO 64 YEARS WITH POSTSECONDARY QUALIFICATIONS BY MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY - CLASSIFICATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS, 2000 - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Field of study' is defined as the main discipline or subject of learning. It is collected for the highest certificate, diploma or degree above the high school or secondary school level.
  319. OTHER FIELDS OF STUDY
    Includes Multidisciplinary/interdisciplinary studies, other.
  320. TOTAL FEMALE POPULATION 25 TO 64 YEARS WITH POSTSECONDARY QUALIFICATIONS BY MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY - CLASSIFICATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS, 2000 - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Field of study' is defined as the main discipline or subject of learning. It is collected for the highest certificate, diploma or degree above the high school or secondary school level.
  321. OTHER FIELDS OF STUDY
    Includes Multidisciplinary/interdisciplinary studies, other.
  322. TOTAL POPULATION 15 TO 24 YEARS BY HIGHEST CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA OR DEGREE - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Highest certificate, diploma or degree' refers to the highest certificate, diploma or degree completed based on a hierarchy which is generally related to the amount of time spent 'in-class.' For postsecondary completers, a university education is considered to be a higher level of schooling than a college education, while a college education is considered to be a higher level of education than in the trades. Although some trades requirements may take as long or longer to complete than a given college or university program, the majority of time is spent in on-the-job paid training and less time is spent in the classroom.
  323. HIGH SCHOOL CERTIFICATE OR EQUIVALENT
    'High school certificate or equivalent' includes persons who have graduated from a secondary school or equivalent. Excludes persons with a postsecondary certificate, diploma or degree. Examples of postsecondary institutions include community colleges, institutes of technology, CEGEPs, private trade schools, private business colleges, schools of nursing and universities.
  324. COLLEGE, CEGEP OR OTHER NON-UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATE OR DIPLOMA
    'College, CEGEP or other non-university certificate or diploma' replaces the category 'Other non-university certificate or diploma' used in previous censuses. This category includes accreditation by non-degree-granting institutions such as community colleges, CEGEPs, private business colleges and technical institutes.
  325. TOTAL POPULATION 25 TO 64 YEARS BY HIGHEST CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA OR DEGREE - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Highest certificate, diploma or degree' refers to the highest certificate, diploma or degree completed based on a hierarchy which is generally related to the amount of time spent 'in-class.' For postsecondary completers, a university education is considered to be a higher level of schooling than a college education, while a college education is considered to be a higher level of education than in the trades. Although some trades requirements may take as long or longer to complete than a given college or university program, the majority of time is spent in on-the-job paid training and less time is spent in the classroom.
  326. HIGH SCHOOL CERTIFICATE OR EQUIVALENT
    'High school certificate or equivalent' includes persons who have graduated from a secondary school or equivalent. Excludes persons with a postsecondary certificate, diploma or degree. Examples of postsecondary institutions include community colleges, institutes of technology, CEGEPs, private trade schools, private business colleges, schools of nursing and universities.
  327. COLLEGE, CEGEP OR OTHER NON-UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATE OR DIPLOMA
    'College, CEGEP or other non-university certificate or diploma' replaces the category 'Other non-university certificate or diploma' used in previous censuses. This category includes accreditation by non-degree-granting institutions such as community colleges, CEGEPs, private business colleges and technical institutes.
  328. TOTAL POPULATION 65 YEARS AND OVER BY HIGHEST CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA OR DEGREE - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Highest certificate, diploma or degree' refers to the highest certificate, diploma or degree completed based on a hierarchy which is generally related to the amount of time spent 'in-class.' For postsecondary completers, a university education is considered to be a higher level of schooling than a college education, while a college education is considered to be a higher level of education than in the trades. Although some trades requirements may take as long or longer to complete than a given college or university program, the majority of time is spent in on-the-job paid training and less time is spent in the classroom.
  329. HIGH SCHOOL CERTIFICATE OR EQUIVALENT
    'High school certificate or equivalent' includes persons who have graduated from a secondary school or equivalent. Excludes persons with a postsecondary certificate, diploma or degree. Examples of postsecondary institutions include community colleges, institutes of technology, CEGEPs, private trade schools, private business colleges, schools of nursing and universities.
  330. COLLEGE, CEGEP OR OTHER NON-UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATE OR DIPLOMA
    'College, CEGEP or other non-university certificate or diploma' replaces the category 'Other non-university certificate or diploma' used in previous censuses. This category includes accreditation by non-degree-granting institutions such as community colleges, CEGEPs, private business colleges and technical institutes.
  331. TOTAL POPULATION 25 TO 64 YEARS WITH POSTSECONDARY QUALIFICATION BY LOCATION OF STUDY - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Location of study' refers to the province, territory or country where the highest certificate, diploma, or degree above high school level was completed.
  332. TOTAL POPULATION BY ABORIGINAL AND NON-ABORIGINAL ANCESTRY - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Aboriginal ancestry
    Part A - Plain language definition
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition
    Refers to those persons who reported at least one Aboriginal ancestry (North American Indian, Métis or Inuit) to the ethnic origin question. 'Ethnic origin' refers to the ethnic or cultural origins of the respondent's ancestors.
    'Aboriginal ancestry' was referred to as 'Aboriginal origin' prior to the 2006 Census. The content of the variable remains unchanged in 2006 compared with previous censuses.
  333. TOTAL ABORIGINAL ANCESTRY POPULATION
    Refers to those persons who reported at least one Aboriginal ancestry (North American Indian, Métis or Inuit) to the ethnic origin question. 'Ethnic origin' refers to the ethnic or cultural origins of a person's ancestors. Additional information on ethnic origin can be obtained from the 2006 Census Dictionary. 'Aboriginal ancestry' was referred to as 'Aboriginal origin' prior to the 2006 Census. The content of the variable remains unchanged in 2006 compared with the previous censuses.
  334. OTHER ABORIGINAL MULTIPLE ANCESTRIES
    Includes those who reported multiple Aboriginal ancestries or multiple Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal ancestries to the ethnic origin question.
  335. TOTAL VISIBLE MINORITY POPULATION
    The Employment Equity Act defines visible minorities as 'persons, other than Aboriginal peoples, who are non-Caucasian in race or non-white in colour.'
  336. SOUTH ASIAN
    For example, 'East Indian,' 'Pakistani,' 'Sri Lankan,' etc.
  337. SOUTHEAST ASIAN
    For example, 'Vietnamese,' 'Cambodian,' 'Malaysian,' 'Laotian,' etc.
  338. WEST ASIAN
    For example, 'Iranian,' 'Afghan,' etc.
  339. VISIBLE MINORITY, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.' Includes respondents who reported a write-in response such as 'Guyanese,' 'West Indian,' 'Kurd,' 'Tibetan,' 'Polynesian,' 'Pacific Islander,' etc.
  340. MULTIPLE VISIBLE MINORITY
    Includes respondents who reported more than one visible minority group by checking two or more mark-in circles, e.g., 'Black' and 'South Asian.'
  341. NOT A VISIBLE MINORITY
    Includes respondents who reported 'Yes' to the Aboriginal identity question (Question 18) as well as respondents who were not considered to be members of a visible minority group.
  342. TOTAL POPULATION BY ETHNIC ORIGIN - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    This is a total population count. The sum of the ethnic groups in this table is greater than the total population count because a person may report more than one ethnic origin in the census.
  343. BRITISH ISLES, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  344. DOMINICAN, N.O.S.
    The abbreviation 'n.o.s.' means 'not otherwise specified.'
  345. CARIBBEAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  346. LATIN, CENTRAL OR SOUTH AMERICAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  347. SCANDINAVIAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  348. YUGOSLAV, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  349. EUROPEAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'

  350. CONGOLESE, N.O.S.
    The abbreviation 'n.o.s.' means 'not otherwise specified.'
  351. GUINEAN, N.O.S.
    The abbreviation 'n.o.s.' means 'not otherwise specified.'
  352. AFRICAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  353. MAGHREBI, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  354. ARAB, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  355. WEST ASIAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  356. SOUTH ASIAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  357. EAST OR SOUTHEAST ASIAN, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  358. ASIAN, N.O.S.
    The abbreviation 'n.o.s.' means 'not otherwise specified.'
  359. PACIFIC ISLANDER, N.I.E.
    The abbreviation 'n.i.e.' means 'not included elsewhere.'
  360. TOTAL INCOME IN 2005 OF POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

  361. UNDER $1,000
    Including loss.
  362. MEDIAN INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  363. AVERAGE INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  364. STANDARD ERROR OF AVERAGE INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  365. TOTAL INCOME IN 2005 OF MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

  366. UNDER $1,000
    Including loss.
  367. MEDIAN INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  368. AVERAGE INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  369. STANDARD ERROR OF AVERAGE INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  370. TOTAL INCOME IN 2005 OF FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.

  371. UNDER $1,000
    Including loss.
  372. MEDIAN INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  373. AVERAGE INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  374. STANDARD ERROR OF AVERAGE INCOME $
    For persons with income.
  375. TOTAL AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  376. UNDER $1,000
    Including loss.
  377. MEDIAN AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  378. AVERAGE AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  379. STANDARD ERROR OF AVERAGE AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  380. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  381. UNDER $1,000
    Including loss.
  382. MEDIAN AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  383. AVERAGE AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  384. STANDARD ERROR OF AVERAGE AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  385. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  386. UNDER $1,000
    Including loss.
  387. MEDIAN AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  388. AVERAGE AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  389. STANDARD ERROR OF AVERAGE AFTER-TAX INCOME $
    For persons with after-tax income.
  390. TOTAL POPULATION 15 YEARS AND OVER WITH EMPLOYMENT INCOME - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Earnings or employment income - Refers to total income received by persons 15 years of age and over during calendar year 2005 as wages and salaries, net income from a non-farm unincorporated business and/or professional practice, and/or net farm self-employment income.

    Wages and salaries - Refers to gross wages and salaries before deductions for such items as income tax, pensions and Employment Insurance. Included in this source are military pay and allowances, tips, commissions and cash bonuses, benefits from wage-loss replacement plans or income-maintenance insurance plans, supplementary unemployment benefits from an employer or union as well as all types of casual earnings during calendar year 2005. Other employment income such as taxable benefits, research grants and royalties are included.
    Net farm income - Refers to net income (gross receipts from farm sales minus depreciation and cost of operation) received during calendar year 2005 from the operation of a farm, either on the respondent's own account or in partnership. In the case of partnerships, only the respondent's share of income was reported. Included with gross receipts are cash advances received in 2005, dividends from cooperatives, rebates and farm-support payments to farmers from federal, provincial and regional agricultural programs (for example, milk subsidies and marketing board payments) and gross insurance proceeds such as payments from the Net Income Stabilization Account (NISA). The value of income 'in kind,' such as agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm, is excluded.
    Net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice - Refers to net income (gross receipts minus expenses of operation such as wages, rents and depreciation) received during calendar year 2005 from the respondent's non-farm unincorporated business or professional practice. In the case of partnerships, only the respondent's share was reported. Also included is net income from persons babysitting in their own homes, persons providing room and board to non-relatives, self-employed fishers, hunters and trappers, operators of direct distributorships such as those selling and delivering cosmetics, as well as freelance activities of artists, writers, music teachers, hairdressers, dressmakers, etc.
    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics for earnings or any other source of income and after-tax income of persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Work activity - Refers to the number of weeks in which a person worked for pay or in self-employment in the reference year at all jobs held, even if only for a few hours, and whether these weeks were mostly full time (30 hours or more per week) or mostly part time (1 to 29 hours per week). Persons with a part-time job for part of the year and a full-time job for another part of the year were to report the information for the job at which they worked the most weeks. The term 'Full-year full-time workers' refers to persons 15 years of age and over who worked 49 to 52 weeks (mostly full time) in the reference year for pay or in self-employment.
    Includes persons who did not work in 2005 but reported employment income.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  391. WORKED FULL YEAR, FULL TIME
    Worked 49 to 52 weeks in 2005, mostly full time.
  392. WORKED PART YEAR OR PART TIME
    Worked less than 49 weeks or worked mostly part time in 2005.
  393. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER WITH EMPLOYMENT INCOME
    Earnings or employment income - Refers to total income received by persons 15 years of age and over during calendar year 2005 as wages and salaries, net income from a non-farm unincorporated business and/or professional practice, and/or net farm self-employment income.

    Wages and salaries - Refers to gross wages and salaries before deductions for such items as income tax, pensions and Employment Insurance. Included in this source are military pay and allowances, tips, commissions and cash bonuses, benefits from wage-loss replacement plans or income-maintenance insurance plans, supplementary unemployment benefits from an employer or union as well as all types of casual earnings during calendar year 2005. Other employment income such as taxable benefits, research grants and royalties are included.
    Net farm income - Refers to net income (gross receipts from farm sales minus depreciation and cost of operation) received during calendar year 2005 from the operation of a farm, either on the respondent's own account or in partnership. In the case of partnerships, only the respondent's share of income was reported. Included with gross receipts are cash advances received in 2005, dividends from cooperatives, rebates and farm-support payments to farmers from federal, provincial and regional agricultural programs (for example, milk subsidies and marketing board payments) and gross insurance proceeds such as payments from the Net Income Stabilization Account (NISA). The value of income 'in kind,' such as agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm, is excluded.
    Net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice - Refers to net income (gross receipts minus expenses of operation such as wages, rents and depreciation) received during calendar year 2005 from the respondent's non-farm unincorporated business or professional practice. In the case of partnerships, only the respondent's share was reported. Also included is net income from persons babysitting in their own homes, persons providing room and board to non-relatives, self-employed fishers, hunters and trappers, operators of direct distributorships such as those selling and delivering cosmetics, as well as freelance activities of artists, writers, music teachers, hairdressers, dressmakers, etc.
    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics for earnings or any other source of income and after-tax income of persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Work activity - Refers to the number of weeks in which a person worked for pay or in self-employment in the reference year at all jobs held, even if only for a few hours, and whether these weeks were mostly full time (30 hours or more per week) or mostly part time (1 to 29 hours per week). Persons with a part-time job for part of the year and a full-time job for another part of the year were to report the information for the job at which they worked the most weeks. The term 'Full-year full-time workers' refers to persons 15 years of age and over who worked 49 to 52 weeks (mostly full time) in the reference year for pay or in self-employment.
    Includes persons who did not work in 2005 but reported employment income.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  394. WORKED FULL YEAR, FULL TIME
    Worked 49 to 52 weeks in 2005, mostly full time.
  395. WORKED PART YEAR OR PART TIME
    Worked less than 49 weeks or worked mostly part time in 2005.
  396. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER WITH EMPLOYMENT INCOME
    Earnings or employment income - Refers to total income received by persons 15 years of age and over during calendar year 2005 as wages and salaries, net income from a non-farm unincorporated business and/or professional practice, and/or net farm self-employment income.

    Wages and salaries - Refers to gross wages and salaries before deductions for such items as income tax, pensions and Employment Insurance. Included in this source are military pay and allowances, tips, commissions and cash bonuses, benefits from wage-loss replacement plans or income-maintenance insurance plans, supplementary unemployment benefits from an employer or union as well as all types of casual earnings during calendar year 2005. Other employment income such as taxable benefits, research grants and royalties are included.
    Net farm income - Refers to net income (gross receipts from farm sales minus depreciation and cost of operation) received during calendar year 2005 from the operation of a farm, either on the respondent's own account or in partnership. In the case of partnerships, only the respondent's share of income was reported. Included with gross receipts are cash advances received in 2005, dividends from cooperatives, rebates and farm-support payments to farmers from federal, provincial and regional agricultural programs (for example, milk subsidies and marketing board payments) and gross insurance proceeds such as payments from the Net Income Stabilization Account (NISA). The value of income 'in kind,' such as agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm, is excluded.
    Net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice - Refers to net income (gross receipts minus expenses of operation such as wages, rents and depreciation) received during calendar year 2005 from the respondent's non-farm unincorporated business or professional practice. In the case of partnerships, only the respondent's share was reported. Also included is net income from persons babysitting in their own homes, persons providing room and board to non-relatives, self-employed fishers, hunters and trappers, operators of direct distributorships such as those selling and delivering cosmetics, as well as freelance activities of artists, writers, music teachers, hairdressers, dressmakers, etc.
    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics for earnings or any other source of income and after-tax income of persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Work activity - Refers to the number of weeks in which a person worked for pay or in self-employment in the reference year at all jobs held, even if only for a few hours, and whether these weeks were mostly full time (30 hours or more per week) or mostly part time (1 to 29 hours per week). Persons with a part-time job for part of the year and a full-time job for another part of the year were to report the information for the job at which they worked the most weeks. The term 'Full-year full-time workers' refers to persons 15 years of age and over who worked 49 to 52 weeks (mostly full time) in the reference year for pay or in self-employment.
    Includes persons who did not work in 2005 but reported employment income.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  397. WORKED FULL YEAR, FULL TIME
    Worked 49 to 52 weeks in 2005, mostly full time.
  398. WORKED PART YEAR OR PART TIME
    Worked less than 49 weeks or worked mostly part time in 2005.
  399. FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 OF ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    Other economic families are those in which any person not in a census family can be the economic family reference person.
  400. FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 OF COUPLE ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    Other economic families are those in which any person not in a census family can be the economic family reference person.
    Couple economic families refer to those husband-wife, opposite-sex common-law couple families and same-sex married and common-law couple families in which the economic family reference person is one of the spouses or partners.

  401. COMPOSITION OF FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 FOR ALL ECONOMIC FAMILIES % - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    Other economic families are those in which any person not in a census family can be the economic family reference person.
  402. COMPOSITION OF FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 FOR ALL COUPLE ECONOMIC FAMILIES %
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    Other economic families are those in which any person not in a census family can be the economic family reference person.
    Couple economic families refer to those husband-wife, opposite-sex common-law couple families and same-sex married and common-law couple families in which the economic family reference person is one of the spouses or partners.
  403. COMPOSITION OF FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 FOR ALL MALE LONE-PARENT ECONOMIC FAMILIES %
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    Other economic families are those in which any person not in a census family can be the economic family reference person.
  404. COMPOSITION OF FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 FOR ALL FEMALE LONE-PARENT ECONOMIC FAMILIES %
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    Other economic families are those in which any person not in a census family can be the economic family reference person.
  405. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    All other economic families are those in which a person not in a census family is the economic family reference person.
  406. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF COUPLE ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.

    All other economic families are those in which a person not in a census family is the economic family reference person.
    Couple economic families refer to those husband-wife, opposite-sex common-law couple families and same-sex married and common-law couple families in which the economic family reference person is one of the spouses or partners.

  407. FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 OF ALL ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common-law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  408. FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 OF COUPLE ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common-law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
    Couple economic families refer to those husband-wife, opposite-sex common-law couple families and same-sex married and common-law couple families in which the economic family reference person is one of the spouses or partners.
  409. FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 OF MALE LONE-PARENT ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common-law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  410. FAMILY INCOME IN 2005 OF FEMALE LONE-PARENT ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family total income - The total income of an economic family is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that family.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    After-tax income of economic families - The after-tax income of an economic family is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that family. After-tax income of family members or persons not in families refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households (for example, two-person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common-law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.

    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.

    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  411. TOTAL INCOME IN 2005 OF PERSONS 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family.
    They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  412. TOTAL INCOME IN 2005 OF MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family.
    They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  413. TOTAL INCOME IN 2005 OF FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    -wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family.
    They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  414. COMPOSITION OF INCOME IN 2005 FOR PERSONS 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES % - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family.
    They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  415. COMPOSITION OF INCOME IN 2005 FOR MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES %
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family.
    They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  416. COMPOSITION OF INCOME IN 2005 FOR FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES %
    Composition of income - The composition of the total income of a population group or a geographic area refers to the relative share of each income source or group of sources, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate total income of that group or area.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family.
    They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
  417. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF PERSONS 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  418. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  419. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:

    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.

    'After-tax income' refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial income taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excluded gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions, as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of individuals - Average income of individuals refers to the weighted mean total income of individuals 15 years of age and over who reported income for 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) by the number of individuals with income in that group.

    Median income of individuals - The median income of a specified group of income recipients is that amount which divides their income size distribution into two halves, i.e., the incomes of the first half of individuals are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median income is calculated from the unrounded number of individuals (e.g., males 45 to 54 years of age) with income in that group.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and one half standard errors.

    Average and median incomes and standard errors of average income of individuals will be calculated for those individuals who are at least 15 years of age and who have an income (positive or negative). For all other universes (families [census/economic]), persons 15 years of age and over not in families or private households), these statistics will be calculated over all units, whether or not they reported any income.

    These statistics can be derived for after-tax income, earnings, wages and salaries, or any other particular source of income in the same manner.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  420. TOTAL ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  421. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  422. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  423. COUPLE ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  424. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  425. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  426. MALE LONE-PARENT ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  427. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  428. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  429. FEMALE LONE-PARENT ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either, a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
  430. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  431. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  432. TOTAL PERSONS 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family. They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  433. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  434. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  435. MALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family. They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  436. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  437. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  438. FEMALES 15 YEARS AND OVER NOT IN ECONOMIC FAMILIES
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family. They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Sex - Refers to the gender of the respondent.

    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  439. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  440. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  441. TOTAL PERSONS IN PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
    All other economic families are those in which a person not in a census family is the economic family reference person.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family. They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  442. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  443. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  444. TOTAL PERSONS LESS THAN 6 YEARS OF AGE
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
    All other economic families are those in which a person not in a census family is the economic family reference person.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family. They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  445. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  446. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  447. TOTAL PERSONS 65 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER
    Economic family - Refers to a group of two or more persons who live in the same dwelling and are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption.

    The economic family concept requires only that family members be related by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption. By contrast, the census family concept requires that family members be either a male or female spouse, a male or female common-law partner, a male or female lone parent, or a child with a parent present. The concept of economic family may therefore refer to a larger group of persons than does the census family concept. For example, a widowed mother living with her married son and daughter-in-law would be treated as a non-family person under the definition of a census family. That same person would, however, be counted as a member of an economic family along with her son and daughter-in-law. Two or more related census families living together also constitute one economic family as, for example, a man and his wife living with their married son and daughter-in-law. Two or more brothers or sisters living together, apart from their parents, will form an economic family, but not a census family, since they do not meet the requirements for the latter. All census family persons are economic family persons. For 2006, foster children are considered economic family members.
    The economic family and its associated classifications and variables are derived according to the responses to the questions on sex, date of birth, marital status, common law status, and relationship to Person 1. In addition, consideration is given to the order in which household members are listed on the questionnaire.
    As of 1971, published family statistics included families living in private households (including those enumerated outside Canada) and all collective households.
    Prior to 2001, economic families were defined in Hutterite collective households as well.
    For 2006, married spouses may be of opposite or same sex.
    Note that as of 2001, same-sex partners are considered to be common-law partners. Thus they are considered related and members of the same economic family.
    Economic family structure - Refers to the classification of economic families into those of couple families, lone-parent families and other economic families.
    Couple families are those in which a member of either a married or common-law couple is the economic family reference person.
    Lone-parent families are those in which either a male or female lone parent is the economic family reference person.
    All other economic families are those in which a person not in a census family is the economic family reference person.
    Economic family status - Refers to the classification of the population according to whether or not the persons are members of an economic family.

    Economic family persons refer to two or more household members who are related to each other by blood, marriage, common-law or adoption, and thereby constitute an economic family. They can be further classified as follows:

    Economic family reference persons - In each economic family, one person is designated as the reference person. For purposes of presentation of historically comparable low-income statistics, the following designations have been made. The male spouse or partner is designated as the reference person in opposite-sex couple families. In lone-parent families, the male or female lone parent is the reference person. In same-sex couple families, the first person in the couple listed on the questionnaire is the economic family reference person. In all other economic families, the reference person can be either a male or female person not in a census family.

    Economic family members - Persons other than the reference person (as described above) who belong to the same economic family are classified as female spouses or partners, male or female same-sex spouses or partners, never-married sons or daughters, other sons or daughters or other economic family members. For 2006, other economic family members include foster children. They were previously classified as persons not in economic families.

    Persons not in economic families - Household members who do not belong to an economic family. Persons living alone are included in this category.
    Age - Refers to the age at last birthday (as of the census reference date, May 16, 2006). This variable is derived from Date of birth.
  448. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME BEFORE TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  449. PREVALENCE OF LOW INCOME AFTER TAX IN 2005 %
    Income status before tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over not in an economic family in relation to Statistics Canada's low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs).

    Income status after tax - Refers to the position of an economic family or a person 15 years of age and over in relation to Statistics Canada's low income after-tax cut-offs (LICO-AT).

    Measures of low income known as 'low income (before tax) cut-offs (LICOs)' were first introduced in Canada in 1968 based on 1961 Census income data and 1959 family expenditure patterns. At that time, expenditure patterns indicated that Canadian families spent about 50% of their total income on food, shelter and clothing. It was arbitrarily estimated that families spending 70% or more of their income (20 percentage points more than the average) on these basic necessities would be in 'straitened' circumstances. With this assumption, low income cut-off points were set for five different sizes of families.

    Subsequent to these initial cut-offs, revised low income before tax cut-offs were established based on national family expenditure data from 1969, 1978, 1986 and 1992. The initial LICOs were based upon the total income, before tax, of families and persons 15 years and over not in economic families.

    After a comprehensive review of low income cut-offs completed in 1991, low income cut-offs based upon after-tax income were published for the first time in Income After Tax, Distributions by Size in Canada, 1990 (Catalogue no. 13-210). Income after tax cut-offs are estimated independently for economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in families based upon family expenditure and income after tax. Consequently, the low income after-tax cut-offs are set at after-tax income levels, differentiated by size of family and area of residence, where families spend 20 percentage points more of their after-tax income than the average family on food, shelter and clothing.

    For the purposes of low income statistics (before or after tax), economic families and persons 15 years of age and over not in economic families in the Yukon Territory, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut and on Indian reserves were excluded. The low income cut-offs are based on certain expenditure-income patterns which are not available from survey data for the entire population.

    Prevalence of low income (before or after tax) can also be derived for census families, persons not in census families and the population in private households. See Low Income Statistics for Census Families and Households, Staff Report no. 1991-1, Labour and Household Surveys Analysis Division, Statistics Canada.

    Prevalence of low income rates are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number of persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and the one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.

    Since its initial publication, Statistics Canada has clearly and consistently emphasized that the LICOs are not measures of poverty. Rather, LICOs reflect a consistent and well-defined methodology that identifies those who are substantially worse-off than average. These measures have enabled Statistics Canada to report important trends, such as the changing composition of those below the LICOs over time.

    Low income before tax cut-offs (LICOs) - Income levels at which families or persons not in economic families spend 20% more than average of their before tax income on food, shelter and clothing. For additional information and a table of low income cut-offs, please refer to the 2006 Census Dictionary, Catalogue no. 92-566-XWE.
    Prevalence of low income rates (before or after tax) are calculated from rounded counts of low income persons or families and the total number persons or families. These counts have been rounded independently of the rounded counts shown in the table; thus, there may be a small difference between the rate shown and one derived from the counts shown. Users are advised to interpret prevalence of low income rates based upon small counts with caution.
  450. HOUSEHOLD INCOME IN 2005 OF PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Household total income - The total income of a household is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that household.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:
    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.


    After-tax income of households - The after-tax income of a household is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that household. After-tax income of household members refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons not in families or households (for example, two person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy the same dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada. It may consist of a family group (census family) with or without other non-family persons, of two or more families sharing a dwelling, of a group of unrelated persons, or of one person living alone. Household members who are temporarily absent on Census Day (e.g., temporary residents elsewhere) are considered as part of their usual household. For census purposes, every person is a member of one and only one household. Unless otherwise specified, all data in household reports are for private households only.

    Households are classified into three groups: private households, collective households and households outside Canada.

    Private household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy a private dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada.

    Household size - Refers to the number of persons in a private household.
  451. HOUSEHOLD INCOME IN 2005 OF ONE-PERSON PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS
    Household total income - The total income of a household is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that household.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:
    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.


    After-tax income of households - The after-tax income of a household is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that household. After-tax income of household members refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons not in families or households (for example, two person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy the same dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada. It may consist of a family group (census family) with or without other non-family persons, of two or more families sharing a dwelling, of a group of unrelated persons, or of one person living alone. Household members who are temporarily absent on Census Day (e.g., temporary residents elsewhere) are considered as part of their usual household. For census purposes, every person is a member of one and only one household. Unless otherwise specified, all data in household reports are for private households only.

    Households are classified into three groups: private households, collective households and households outside Canada.

    Private household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy a private dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada.

    Household size - Refers to the number of persons in a private household.
  452. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Household total income - The total income of a household is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that household.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:
    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.


    After-tax income of households - The after-tax income of a household is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that household. After-tax income of household members refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons not in families or households (for example, two person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.

    Household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy the same dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada. It may consist of a family group (census family) with or without other non-family persons, of two or more families sharing a dwelling, of a group of unrelated persons, or of one person living alone. Household members who are temporarily absent on Census Day (e.g., temporary residents elsewhere) are considered as part of their usual household. For census purposes, every person is a member of one and only one household. Unless otherwise specified, all data in household reports are for private households only.

    Households are classified into three groups: private households, collective households and households outside Canada.

    Private household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy a private dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada.

    Household size - Refers to the number of persons in a private household.
  453. AFTER-TAX INCOME IN 2005 OF ONE-PERSON PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS
    Household total income - The total income of a household is the sum of the total incomes of all members of that household.
    'Total income' refers to the total money income received from the following sources during calendar year 2005 by persons 15 years of age and over:
    - wages and salaries (total)
    - net farm income
    - net non-farm income from unincorporated business and/or professional practice
    - child benefits
    - Old Age Security pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement
    - benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan
    - benefits from Employment Insurance
    - other income from government sources
    - dividends, interest on bonds, deposits and savings certificates, and other investment income
    - retirement pensions, superannuation and annuities, including those from RRSPs and RRIFs
    - other money income.


    After-tax income of households - The after-tax income of a household is the sum of the after-tax incomes of all members of that household. After-tax income of household members refers to total income from all sources minus federal, provincial and territorial taxes paid for 2005.

    Receipts not counted as income - The income concept excludes gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump sum settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, refunds of pension contributions as well as all income 'in kind,' such as free meals and living accommodations, or agricultural products produced and consumed on the farm.

    Average income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - Average income of families (census/economic) or persons 15 years of age and over not in families or households refers to the weighted mean total income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households in 2005. Average income is calculated from unrounded data by dividing the aggregate income of a specified group of families (for example, husband-wife families with working wives) or persons not in families or households (for example, two person households) by the number of families, persons not in families, or households in that respective group, whether or not they reported income.

    Median income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, and households - The median income of a specified group of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households is that amount which divides their income size distribution, ranked by size of income, into two halves. That is, the incomes of the first half of the families, persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are below the median, while those of the second half are above the median. Median incomes of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families, or households are normally calculated for all units in the specified group, whether or not they reported income.

    Standard error of average income - Refers to the estimated standard error of average income for an income size distribution. If interpreted as shown below, it serves as a rough indicator of the precision of the corresponding estimate of average income. For about 68% of the samples which could be selected from the sample frame, the difference between the sample estimate of average income and the corresponding figure based on complete enumeration would be less than one standard error. For about 95% of the possible samples, the difference would be less than two standard errors and, in about 99% of the samples, the difference would be less than approximately two and a half standard errors.

    The above concept and procedures also apply in the calculation of these statistics on the after-tax income of families (census/economic), persons 15 years of age and over not in families and households.
    Household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy the same dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada. It may consist of a family group (census family) with or without other non-family persons, of two or more families sharing a dwelling, of a group of unrelated persons, or of one person living alone. Household members who are temporarily absent on Census Day (e.g., temporary residents elsewhere) are considered as part of their usual household. For census purposes, every person is a member of one and only one household. Unless otherwise specified, all data in household reports are for private households only.

    Households are classified into three groups: private households, collective households and households outside Canada.

    Private household - Refers to a person or a group of persons (other than foreign residents) who occupy a private dwelling and do not have a usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada.

    Household size - Refers to the number of persons in a private household.

  454. TOTAL NUMBER OF NON-FARM, NON-RESERVE PRIVATE DWELLINGS OCCUPIED BY USUAL RESIDENTS - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    Non-farm dwelling refers to a private dwelling, other than one situated on a farm or occupied by a farm operator. Non-reserve dwelling refers to a private dwelling not on a reserve and not band housing.
  455. AVERAGE GROSS RENT $
    Rent, gross
    Part A - Plain language definition:
    Average monthly total of all shelter expenses paid by tenant households. Gross rent includes the monthly rent and the costs of electricity, heat and municipal services.
    Part B - Detailed definition:
    Refers to the total average monthly payments paid by tenant households to secure shelter.
  456. TENANT-OCCUPIED HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING 30% OR MORE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME ON GROSS RENT
    Refers to the proportion of average monthly 2005 total household income which is spent on owner's major payments (in the case of owner-occupied dwellings) or on gross rent (in the case of tenant-occupied dwellings). Includes private households in occupied non-farm, non-reserve dwellings with household income greater than $0 in 2005 (i.e., excludes negative or zero household income).

    It should be noted that not all households spending 30% or more of incomes on shelter costs are necessarily experiencing housing affordability problems. This is particularly true of households with high incomes. There are also other households who choose to spend more on shelter than on other goods. Nevertheless, the allocation of 30% or more of a household's income to housing expenses provides a useful benchmark for assessing trends in housing affordability.

    The relatively high shelter costs to household income ratios for some households may have resulted from the difference in the reference period for shelter costs and household income data. The reference period for shelter cost data (gross rent for tenants, and owner's major payments for owners) is 2006, while household income is reported for the year 2005. As well, for some households, the 2005 household income may represent income for only part of a year.
  457. AVERAGE VALUE OF DWELLING $
    Value of dwelling
    Part A - Plain language definition:
    Not applicable
    Part B - Detailed definition:
    Refers to the dollar amount expected by the owner if the dwelling were to be sold.
  458. AVERAGE OWNER MAJOR PAYMENTS $
    Owner's major payments
    Part A - Plain language definition:
    Average monthly total of all shelter expenses paid by households that own their dwelling. The owner's major payments include, for example, the mortgage payment and the costs of electricity, heat and municipal services.
    Part B - Detailed definition:
    Refers to the total average monthly payments made by owner households to secure shelter.
  459. OWNER HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING 30% OR MORE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME ON OWNER'S MAJOR PAYMENTS
    Refers to the proportion of average monthly 2005 total household income which is spent on owner's major payments (in the case of owner-occupied dwellings) or on gross rent (in the case of tenant-occupied dwellings). Includes private households in occupied non-farm, non-reserve dwellings with household income greater than $0 in 2005 (i.e., excludes negative or zero household income).

    It should be noted that not all households spending 30% or more of incomes on shelter costs are necessarily experiencing housing affordability problems. This is particularly true of households with high incomes. There are also other households who choose to spend more on shelter than on other goods. Nevertheless, the allocation of 30% or more of a household's income to housing expenses provides a useful benchmark for assessing trends in housing affordability.

    The relatively high shelter costs to household income ratios for some households may have resulted from the difference in the reference period for shelter costs and household income data. The reference period for shelter cost data (gross rent for tenants, and owner's major payments for owners) is 2006, while household income is reported for the year 2005. As well, for some households, the 2005 household income may represent income for only part of a year.
  460. TENANT ONE-FAMILY HOUSEHOLDS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL PERSONS IN NON-FARM, NON-RESERVE PRIVATE DWELLINGS OCCUPIED BY USUAL RESIDENTS
    Refers to the proportion of average monthly 2005 total household income which is spent on owner's major payments (in the case of owner-occupied dwellings) or on gross rent (in the case of tenant-occupied dwellings). Includes private households in occupied non-farm, non-reserve dwellings with household income greater than $0 in 2005 (i.e., excludes negative or zero household income).

    It should be noted that not all households spending 30% or more of incomes on shelter costs are necessarily experiencing housing affordability problems. This is particularly true of households with high incomes. There are also other households who choose to spend more on shelter than on other goods. Nevertheless, the allocation of 30% or more of a household's income to housing expenses provides a useful benchmark for assessing trends in housing affordability.

    The relatively high shelter costs to household income ratios for some households may have resulted from the difference in the reference period for shelter costs and household income data. The reference period for shelter cost data (gross rent for tenants, and owner's major payments for owners) is 2006, while household income is reported for the year 2005. As well, for some households, the 2005 household income may represent income for only part of a year.
  461. AVERAGE GROSS RENT $
    Rent, gross
    Part A - Plain language definition:
    Average monthly total of all shelter expenses paid by tenant households. Gross rent includes the monthly rent and the costs of electricity, heat and municipal services.
    Part B - Detailed definition:
    Refers to the total average monthly payments paid by tenant households to secure shelter.
  462. TENANT ONE-FAMILY HOUSEHOLDS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL PERSONS SPENDING 30% OR MORE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME ON SHELTER COSTS
    Refers to the proportion of average monthly 2005 total household income which is spent on owner's major payments (in the case of owner-occupied dwellings) or on gross rent (in the case of tenant-occupied dwellings). Includes private households in occupied non-farm, non-reserve dwellings with household income greater than $0 in 2005 (i.e., excludes negative or zero household income).

    It should be noted that not all households spending 30% or more of incomes on shelter costs are necessarily experiencing housing affordability problems. This is particularly true of households with high incomes. There are also other households who choose to spend more on shelter than on other goods. Nevertheless, the allocation of 30% or more of a household's income to housing expenses provides a useful benchmark for assessing trends in housing affordability.

    The relatively high shelter costs to household income ratios for some households may have resulted from the difference in the reference period for shelter costs and household income data. The reference period for shelter cost data (gross rent for tenants, and owner's major payments for owners) is 2006, while household income is reported for the year 2005. As well, for some households, the 2005 household income may represent income for only part of a year.
  463. AVERAGE OWNER MAJOR PAYMENTS $
    Owner's major payments
    Part A - Plain language definition:
    Average monthly total of all shelter expenses paid by households that own their dwelling. The owner's major payments include, for example, the mortgage payment and the costs of electricity, heat and municipal services.
    Part B - Detailed definition:
    Refers to the total average monthly payments made by owner households to secure shelter.
  464. OWNER ONE-FAMILY HOUSEHOLDS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL PERSONS SPENDING 30% OR MORE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME ON SHELTER COSTS
    Refers to the proportion of average monthly 2005 total household income which is spent on owner's major payments (in the case of owner-occupied dwellings) or on gross rent (in the case of tenant-occupied dwellings). Includes private households in occupied non-farm, non-reserve dwellings with household income greater than $0 in 2005 (i.e., excludes negative or zero household income).

    It should be noted that not all households spending 30% or more of incomes on shelter costs are necessarily experiencing housing affordability problems. This is particularly true of households with high incomes. There are also other households who choose to spend more on shelter than on other goods. Nevertheless, the allocation of 30% or more of a household's income to housing expenses provides a useful benchmark for assessing trends in housing affordability.

    The relatively high shelter costs to household income ratios for some households may have resulted from the difference in the reference period for shelter costs and household income data. The reference period for shelter cost data (gross rent for tenants, and owner's major payments for owners) is 2006, while household income is reported for the year 2005. As well, for some households, the 2005 household income may represent income for only part of a year.
  465. NON-IMMIGRANT POPULATION
    Non-immigrants are persons who are Canadian citizens by birth. Although most Canadian citizens by birth were born in Canada, a small number were born outside Canada to Canadian parents.
  466. TOTAL IMMIGRANTS BY SELECTED PLACES OF BIRTH
    The places of birth selected are the ones most frequently reported by immigrants at the Canada level.
  467. YUGOSLAVIA, N.O.S.
    The abbreviation 'n.o.s.' means 'not otherwise specified.'
  468. OTHER COUNTRY
    'Other country' includes all those places of birth not included in this list.
  469. NON-PERMANENT RESIDENTS
    Non-permanent residents are persons from another country who, at the time of the census, held a Work or Study Permit, or who were refugee claimants, as well as family members living with them in Canada.
  470. TOTAL RECENT IMMIGRANTS BY SELECTED PLACES OF BIRTH - 20% SAMPLE DATA
    'Recent immigrants' refers to persons who immigrated to Canada between 2001 and Census Day, May 16, 2006. The places of birth selected are the ones most frequently reported by recent immigrants at the Canada level.
Warning Data quality note(s)
  • Excludes census data for one or more incompletely enumerated Indian reserves or Indian settlements.
Population, 2001 - 100% data 1 30,007,094
Population, 2006 - 100% data 2 31,612,897
Population percentage change, 2001 to 2006 5.4
Land area in square kilometres, 2006 9,017,698.92
Total population by sex and age groups - 100% data 3 31,612,895
Male, total 15,475,970
0 to 4 years 864,600
5 to 9 years 926,860
10 to 14 years 1,065,860
15 to 19 years 1,095,285
20 to 24 years 1,047,945
25 to 29 years 975,945
30 to 34 years 987,715
35 to 39 years 1,083,495
40 to 44 years 1,285,535
45 to 49 years 1,290,130
50 to 54 years 1,158,970
55 to 59 years 1,026,395
60 to 64 years 780,140
65 to 69 years 593,805
70 to 74 years 493,465
75 to 79 years 386,485
80 to 84 years 251,420
85 years and over 161,925
Female, total 16,136,930
0 to 4 years 825,940
5 to 9 years 882,515
10 to 14 years 1,014,065
15 to 19 years 1,045,205
20 to 24 years 1,032,440
25 to 29 years 1,009,635
30 to 34 years 1,032,510
35 to 39 years 1,124,775
40 to 44 years 1,324,925
45 to 49 years 1,330,470
50 to 54 years 1,198,335
55 to 59 years 1,058,230
60 to 64 years 809,730
65 to 69 years 640,770
70 to 74 years 560,320
75 to 79 years 493,090
80 to 84 years 395,285
85 years and over 358,685
Total population 15 years and over by legal marital status - 100% data 4 26,033,060
Never legally married (single) 9,087,030
Legally married (and not separated) 5 12,470,395
Separated, but still legally married 775,420
Divorced 2,087,385
Widowed 1,612,820
Total population 15 years and over by common-law status - 100% data 6 26,033,060
Not in a common-law relationship 23,301,425
In a common-law relationship 2,731,635
Total number of census families in private households - 20% sample data 7 8,896,840
Size of census family: 2 persons 4,291,665
Size of census family: 3 persons 1,959,210
Size of census family: 4 persons 1,840,575
Size of census family: 5 or more persons 805,395
Total number of census families in private households - 20% sample data 8 8,896,845
Total couple families by family structure and number of children 7,482,780
Married couples 6,105,910
Without children at home 2,662,135
With children at home 3,443,780
1 child 1,267,620
2 children 1,497,750
3 or more children 678,400
Common-law couples 1,376,865
Without children at home 758,715
With children at home 618,150
1 child 291,255
2 children 234,755
3 or more children 92,140
Total lone-parent families by sex of parent and number of children 1,414,060
Female parent 1,132,290
1 child 682,025
2 children 327,665
3 or more children 122,600
Male parent 281,770
1 child 188,790
2 children 72,665
3 or more children 20,320
Total number of children at home - 20% sample data 9 9,733,770
Under six years of age 2,013,065
6 to 14 years 3,501,480
15 to 17 years 1,270,255
18 to 24 years 1,934,225
25 years and over 1,014,740
Average number of children at home per census family 10 1.1
Total number of persons in private households - 20% sample data 31,074,405
Number of persons not in census families 4,961,015
Living with relatives 11 644,015
Living with non-relatives only 989,950
Living alone 3,327,045
Number of census family persons 26,113,390
Average number of persons per census family 2.9
Total number of persons aged 65 years and over - 20% sample data 4,011,910
Number of persons not in census families aged 65 years and over 1,406,915
Living with relatives 12 209,205
Living with non-relatives only 69,045
Living alone 1,128,665
Number of census family persons aged 65 years and over 2,604,995
Total number of occupied private dwellings - 20% sample data 13 12,437,470
Average number of rooms per dwelling 14 6.4
Average number of bedrooms per dwelling 15 2.7
Total number of occupied private dwellings by housing tenure - 20% sample data 16 12,437,465
Owned 8,509,785
Rented 3,878,500
Band housing 49,185
Total number of occupied private dwellings by condition of dwelling - 20% sample data 17 12,437,465
Regular maintenance only 8,168,615
Minor repairs 3,339,840
Major repairs 929,020
Total number of occupied private dwellings by period of construction - 20% sample data 18 12,437,465
Period of construction, before 1946 1,595,320
Period of construction, 1946 to 1960 1,812,520
Period of construction, 1961 to 1970 1,753,170
Period of construction, 1971 to 1980 2,421,395
Period of construction, 1981 to 1985 1,028,180
Period of construction, 1986 to 1990 1,055,955
Period of construction, 1991 to 1995 894,855
Period of construction, 1996 to 2000 820,370
Period of construction, 2001 to 2006 19 1,055,690
Total number of occupied private dwellings by structural type of dwelling - 100% data 20 12,435,520
Single-detached house 6,871,315
Semi-detached house 591,590
Row house 690,490
Apartment, duplex 676,290
Apartment, building that has five or more storeys 1,114,925
Apartment, building that has fewer than five storeys 2,289,390
Other single-attached house 37,995
Movable dwelling 21 163,520
Total number of private households by household size - 100% data 22 12,435,520
1 person 3,328,370
2 persons 4,176,930
3 persons 1,982,305
4 to 5 persons 2,590,725
6 or more persons 357,185
Number of persons in private households 31,072,420
Average number of persons in private households 2.5
Total number of private households by household type - 20% sample data 23 12,437,470
One-family households 8,421,050
Multiple-family households 230,285
Non-family households 3,786,135
Total population by mother tongue - 20% sample data 24 31,241,030
Single responses 30,848,270
English 17,882,775
French 6,817,655
Non-official languages 6,147,840
Algonquin 1,920
Atikamekw 5,245
Blackfoot 3,085
Carrier 1,560
Chilcotin 1,070
Chipewyan 525
Cree 78,855
Siouan languages (Dakota/Sioux) 5,585
Dene 9,750
Dogrib 2,015
Gitksan 1,175
Inuinnaqtun 370
Inuktitut, n.i.e. 32,010
Kutchin-Gwich'in (Loucheux) 355
Malecite 535
Mi'kmaq 7,365
Mohawk 290
Montagnais-Naskapi 10,970
Nisga'a 675
North Slave (Hare) 1,065
Ojibway 24,190
Oji-Cree 11,690
Shuswap 935
South Slave 1,605
Tlingit 80
Italian 455,040
Portuguese 219,275
Romanian 78,500
Spanish 345,345
Danish 18,735
Dutch 128,900
Flemish 5,660
Frisian 2,890
German 450,570
Norwegian 7,225
Swedish 8,220
Yiddish 16,295
Bosnian 12,790
Bulgarian 16,790
Croatian 55,330
Czech 24,450
Macedonian 18,440
Polish 211,175
Russian 133,580
Serbian 51,670
Serbo-Croatian 12,510
Slovak 18,820
Slovenian 13,135
Ukrainian 134,505
Latvian 6,995
Lithuanian 8,335
Estonian 8,240
Finnish 21,030
Hungarian 73,335
Greek 117,285
Armenian 30,130
Turkish 24,745
Amharic 14,555
Arabic 261,640
Hebrew 17,630
Maltese 6,405
Somali 27,320
Tigrigna 7,105
Bengali 45,680
Gujarati 81,465
Hindi 78,235
Kurdish 7,655
Panjabi (Punjabi) 367,505
Pashto 9,030
Persian (Farsi) 134,080
Sindhi 10,355
Sinhala (Sinhalese) 10,180
Urdu 145,805
Malayalam 11,925
Tamil 115,875
Telugu 6,630
Japanese 40,200
Korean 125,575
Cantonese 361,450
Chinese, n.o.s. 25 456,710
Mandarin 170,950
Taiwanese 9,615
Lao 13,940
Khmer (Cambodian) 19,100
Vietnamese 141,625
Bisayan languages 11,240
Ilocano 13,450
Malay 9,490
Tagalog (Pilipino, Filipino) 235,620
Akan (Twi) 12,780
Swahili 7,935
Creoles 53,515
Other languages 26 172,650
Multiple responses 392,760
English and French 98,625
English and non-official language 240,005
French and non-official language 43,335
English, French and non-official language 10,790
Total population by knowledge of official languages - 20% sample data 27 31,241,030
English only 21,129,945
French only 4,141,850
English and French 5,448,850
Neither English nor French 520,385
Total population by first official language spoken - 20% sample data 28 31,241,030
English 23,197,090
French 7,204,390
English and French 331,925
Neither English nor French 507,620
Official language minority - (number) 29 7,370,350
Official language minority - (percentage) 30 23.6
Total population by language spoken most often at home - 20% sample data 31 31,241,030
Single responses 30,665,025
English 20,584,775
French 6,608,125
Non-official languages 3,472,130
Algonquin 385
Atikamekw 4,745
Blackfoot 1,575
Carrier 605
Chilcotin 435
Chipewyan 125
Cree 47,190
Siouan languages (Dakota/Sioux) 3,780
Dene 7,490
Dogrib 1,110
Gitksan 320
Inuinnaqtun 70
Inuktitut, n.i.e. 25,290
Kutchin-Gwich'in (Loucheux) 25
Malecite 140
Mi'kmaq 3,985
Mohawk 20
Montagnais-Naskapi 9,720
Nisga'a 175
North Slave (Hare) 650
Ojibway 11,115
Oji-Cree 8,480
Shuswap 250
South Slave 600
Tlingit 0
Italian 170,330
Portuguese 103,875
Romanian 51,060
Spanish 209,955
Danish 1,340
Dutch 14,235
Flemish 420
Frisian 250
German 128,350
Norwegian 460
Swedish 1,110
Yiddish 5,700
Bosnian 8,380
Bulgarian 11,810
Croatian 22,160
Czech 6,985
Macedonian 8,705
Polish 101,575
Russian 93,805
Serbian 34,775
Serbo-Croatian 6,545
Slovak 5,805
Slovenian 2,705
Ukrainian 28,060
Latvian 2,005
Lithuanian 2,585
Estonian 2,155
Finnish 4,190
Hungarian 21,905
Greek 55,100
Armenian 21,485
Turkish 15,885
Amharic 8,225
Arabic 144,745
Hebrew 8,650
Maltese 1,150
Somali 17,045
Tigrigna 3,550
Bengali 33,565
Gujarati 52,715
Hindi 42,875
Kurdish 4,950
Panjabi (Punjabi) 278,500
Pashto 6,705
Persian (Farsi) 97,220
Sindhi 5,050
Sinhala (Sinhalese) 4,780
Urdu 102,805
Malayalam 5,695
Tamil 92,680
Telugu 3,870
Japanese 19,535
Korean 101,500
Cantonese 300,590
Chinese, n.o.s. 32 341,480
Mandarin 143,385
Taiwanese 4,580
Lao 8,555
Khmer (Cambodian) 11,430
Vietnamese 111,440
Bisayan languages 4,610
Ilocano 5,920
Malay 3,680
Tagalog (Pilipino, Filipino) 119,345
Akan (Twi) 7,335
Swahili 2,925
Creoles 21,610
Other languages 33 77,435
Multiple responses 576,000
English and French 94,055
English and non-official language 406,455
French and non-official language 58,885
English, French and non-official language 16,600
Algonquin - Various non-official languages spoken - 20% sample data 34 2,685
Atikamekw 5,645
Blackfoot 4,915
Carrier 2,495
Chilcotin 1,400
Chipewyan 770
Cree 99,950
Siouan languages (Dakota/Sioux) 6,495
Dene 11,130
Dogrib 2,645
Gitksan 1,575
Inuinnaqtun 580
Inuktitut, n.i.e. 35,690
Kutchin-Gwich'in (Loucheux) 570
Malecite 790
Mi'kmaq 8,750
Mohawk 615
Montagnais-Naskapi 11,815
Nisga'a 1,090
North Slave (Hare) 1,235
Ojibway 32,460
Oji-Cree 12,605
Shuswap 1,650
South Slave 2,315
Tlingit 175
Italian 660,940
Portuguese 274,670
Romanian 89,175
Spanish 758,285
Danish 21,930
Dutch 152,735
Flemish 6,710
Frisian 3,275
German 622,650
Norwegian 10,585
Swedish 14,960
Yiddish 27,605
Bosnian 15,165
Bulgarian 18,575
Croatian 72,685
Czech 29,735
Macedonian 24,815
Polish 242,885
Russian 191,515
Serbian 62,780
Serbo-Croatian 14,470
Slovak 21,735
Slovenian 15,030
Ukrainian 174,160
Latvian 8,030
Lithuanian 9,320
Estonian 8,860
Finnish 23,380
Hungarian 84,275
Greek 157,385
Armenian 35,260
Turkish 36,935
Amharic 19,885
Arabic 365,085
Hebrew 67,390
Maltese 8,635
Somali 32,045
Tigrigna 8,430
Bengali 52,435
Gujarati 105,395
Hindi 299,605
Kurdish 9,185
Panjabi (Punjabi) 456,085
Pashto 11,675
Persian (Farsi) 154,385
Sindhi 14,010
Sinhala (Sinhalese) 19,830
Urdu 208,125
Malayalam 14,100
Tamil 138,675
Telugu 8,345
Japanese 71,700
Korean 133,800
Cantonese 434,715
Chinese, n.o.s. 35 472,085
Mandarin 281,840
Taiwanese 14,060
Lao 18,390
Khmer (Cambodian) 23,350
Vietnamese 184,050
Bisayan languages 11,285
Ilocano 14,125
Malay 19,405
Tagalog (Pilipino, Filipino) 324,120
Akan (Twi) 17,595
Swahili 27,795
Creoles 97,820
Other languages 36 290,780
Total - Mobility status 1 year ago - 20% sample data 37 30,897,210
Non-movers 26,534,115
Movers 4,363,095
Non-migrants 2,554,260
Migrants 1,808,830
Internal migrants 1,511,305
Intraprovincial migrants 1,221,560
Interprovincial migrants 289,745
External migrants 297,530
Total - Mobility status 5 years ago - 20% sample data 38 29,544,485
Non-movers 17,457,165
Movers 12,087,315
Non-migrants 6,507,905
Migrants 5,579,410
Internal migrants 4,419,370
Intraprovincial migrants 3,566,795
Interprovincial migrants 852,580
External migrants 1,160,035
Total population by citizenship - 20% sample data 39 31,241,030
Canadian citizens 29,480,160
Canadian citizens under age 18 6,604,285
Canadian citizens age 18 and over 22,875,880
Not Canadian citizens 40 1,760,865
Total population by immigrant status and place of birth - 20% sample data 41 31,241,030
Non-immigrants 42 24,788,720
Born in province of residence 20,933,115
Born outside province of residence 3,855,610
Immigrants 43 6,186,950
United States of America 250,535
Central America 130,455
Caribbean and Bermuda 317,765
South America 250,710
Europe 2,278,350
Western Europe 424,645
Eastern Europe 511,095
Southern Europe 698,085
Italy 296,850
Other Southern Europe 401,230
Northern Europe 644,525
United Kingdom 579,625
Other Northern Europe 64,900
Africa 374,565
Western Africa 48,645
Eastern Africa 129,920
Northern Africa 134,505
Central Africa 22,405
Southern Africa 39,085
Asia and the Middle East 2,525,155
West Central Asia and the Middle East 370,520
Eastern Asia 874,365
China, People's Republic of 466,940
Hong Kong, Special Administrative Region 215,430
Other Eastern Asia 191,995
Southeast Asia 560,995
Philippines 303,195
Other Southeast Asia 257,800
Southern Asia 719,275
India 443,690
Other Southern Asia 275,590
Oceania and other 44 59,405
Non-permanent residents 45 265,360
Total recent immigrants by selected places of birth - 20% sample data 46 1,109,980
United States of America 38,770
Central America 23,275
Caribbean and Bermuda 34,985
South America 61,330
Europe 178,520
Western Europe 32,425
Eastern Europe 92,565
Southern Europe 25,585
Italy 2,275
Other Southern Europe 23,315
Northern Europe 27,940
United Kingdom 25,655
Other Northern Europe 2,285
Africa 117,215
Western Africa 19,930
Eastern Africa 30,810
Northern Africa 48,845
Central Africa 10,830
Southern Africa 6,800
Asia and the Middle East 647,225
West Central Asia and the Middle East 106,870
Eastern Asia 215,280
China, People's Republic of 155,105
Hong Kong, Special Administrative Region 7,430
Other Eastern Asia 52,745
Southeast Asia 100,225
Philippines 77,880
Other Southeast Asia 22,345
Southern Asia 224,845
India 129,140
Other Southern Asia 95,700
Oceania and other 47 8,655
Total immigrant population by period of immigration - 20% sample data 48 6,186,950
Before 1961 791,225
1961 to 1970 710,285
1971 to 1980 903,705
1981 to 1990 1,003,205
1991 to 2000 1,668,555
1991 to 1995 823,925
1996 to 2000 844,625
2001 to 2006 49 1,109,980
Total immigrant population by age at immigration - 20% sample data 50 6,186,950
Under 5 years 543,395
5 to 14 years 1,102,130
15 to 24 years 1,417,945
25 to 44 years 2,549,570
45 years and over 573,905
Total population 15 years and older by generation status - 20% sample data 51 25,664,225
1st generation 52 6,124,560
2nd generation 53 4,006,420
3rd generation or more 54 15,533,245
Total population by Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal identity population - 20% sample data 55 31,241,030
Total Aboriginal identity population 56 1,172,785
North American Indian single response 57 698,025
Métis single response 389,785
Inuit single response 50,480
Multiple Aboriginal identity responses 7,740
Aboriginal responses not included elsewhere 58 26,760
Non-Aboriginal identity population 30,068,240
Total population by Registered Indian status - 20% sample data 59 31,241,030
Registered Indian 60 623,780
Not a Registered Indian 30,617,250
Total population 15 years and over by labour force activity - 20% sample data 61 25,664,220
In the labour force 62 17,146,135
Employed 63 16,021,180
Unemployed 64 1,124,955
Not in the labour force 65 8,518,090